blob: a668748f3c0bb4df3c1784f4875239e37ef5248b [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000377 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
378
379 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
380 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
381 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
382 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
383 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
384 purpose.
385
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
387
388 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
389 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
390 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
391
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
393 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
394
395 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
396 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
397
398 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
399 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
400 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
401 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
402
403 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
404 this erratum.
405
406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
407
408 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
409 according to the A004510 workaround.
410
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000411- Generic CPU options:
412 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
413
414 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
415 values is arch specific.
416
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100417- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200418 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100419
420 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
421 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
422 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
423
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200424 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200425
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100426 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
427 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200428 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100429 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200430
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200431- MIPS CPU options:
432 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
433
434 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
435 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
436 relocation.
437
438 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
439
440 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
441 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
442 Possible values are:
443 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
444 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
445 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
446 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
447 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
448 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
449 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
450 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
451
452 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
453
454 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
455 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
456
457 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
458
459 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
460 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
461 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
462
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000463- ARM options:
464 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
465
466 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
467 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
468
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000469 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
470
471 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
472 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
473 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
474 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
475 GCC.
476
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000477- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000478 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
479
480 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
481 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
482 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
483 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
484 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
485 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
486 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000487 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100488 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000489 default environment.
490
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000491 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
492
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200493 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000494 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
495 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
496
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400497 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200498
499 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400500 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
501 concepts).
502
503 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
504 * New libfdt-based support
505 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500506 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400507
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200508 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
509 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
510 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
511 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200512 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600513 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200514
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200515 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
516 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500517
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600518 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
519
520 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
521 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000522
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500523 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
524
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200525 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500526 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
527
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200528 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
529
530 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
531 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
532 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
533 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
534 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
535 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
536
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000537 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
538
539 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
540 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
541 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
542 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
543 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
544 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
545 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
546
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100547- vxWorks boot parameters:
548
549 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
550 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
551 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
552
553 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
554 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
555 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
556 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
557
558 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
559
560 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
561
562 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
563 the defaults discussed just above.
564
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000565- Cache Configuration:
566 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
567 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
568 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
569
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000570- Cache Configuration for ARM:
571 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
572 controller
573 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
574 controller register space
575
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000576- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200577 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000578
579 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
580
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200581 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000582
583 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
584
585 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
586
587 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
588 the clock speed of the UARTs.
589
590 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
591
592 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
593 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
594 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
595
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000596 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
597
598 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
599 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
600 this variable to initialize the extra register.
601
602 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
603
604 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
605 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
606 variable to flush the UART at init time.
607
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000608
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000609- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000610 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
611 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
612 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
613 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000614
615 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
616 port routines must be defined elsewhere
617 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
618
619 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
620 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000621 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000622 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
623 (default big endian)
624 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
625 rectangle fill
626 (cf. smiLynxEM)
627 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
628 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
629 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
630 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000631 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
632 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
634 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000635 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000636 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
637 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
638 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
639 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
640 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
641 (i.e. i8042_getc)
642 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
643 (requires blink timer
644 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200645 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000646 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
647 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500648 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000649 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
650 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000651 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
652 linux_logo.h for logo.
653 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000654 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200655 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000656 the logo
657
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000658 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
659 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
660 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000662 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
663 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
664 the "silent" environment variable. See
665 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000666
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000667- Console Baudrate:
668 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
669 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200670 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
671 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100673- Console Rx buffer length
674 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
675 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100676 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100677 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
678 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
679 the SMC.
680
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000681- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200682 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
683 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
684 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
685 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
686 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
687 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
688 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200689 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200690 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000691
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200692 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
693 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000694
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000695- Safe printf() functions
696 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
697 the printf() functions. These are defined in
698 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
699 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
700 If this option is not given then these functions will
701 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
702 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
703
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
705 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
706 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000707 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
708 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000709
710 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
711 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
712 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
713 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
714 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
715 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
716 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
717 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
718 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
719 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
720 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
721 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
722
723- Autoboot Command:
724 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
725 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
726 define a command string that is automatically executed
727 when no character is read on the console interface
728 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
729
730 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000731 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
732 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
733 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000734
735 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000736 The value of these goes into the environment as
737 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
738 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200739 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000740
741- Pre-Boot Commands:
742 CONFIG_PREBOOT
743
744 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
745 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
746 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
747 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
748 entering interactive mode.
749
750 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
751 automatically generated or modified. For an example
752 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
753 modified when the user holds down a certain
754 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
755 booting the systems
756
757- Serial Download Echo Mode:
758 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
759 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
760 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
761 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
762 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
763 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
764 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
765
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500766- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
768 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200769 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770
771- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500772 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
773 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000774 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
775 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500776 and augmenting with additional #define's
777 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000778
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500779 The default command configuration includes all commands
780 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500782 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500783 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
784 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
785 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
786 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
787 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
788 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
789 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500790 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500791 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
792 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
793 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600794 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
795 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
796 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
797 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500798 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
799 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500800 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500801 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
802 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500803 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500804 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500805 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
806 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
807 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
808 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
809 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000811 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500812 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
813 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
814 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
815 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
816 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
817 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500818 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500819 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
820 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
821 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
822 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500823 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000824 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
825 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500826 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
827 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400828 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
829 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500830 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
831 loop, loopw, mtest
832 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
833 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
834 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100835 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500836 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
837 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600838 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000839 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500840 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
841 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
842 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
843 host
844 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
845 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
846 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
847 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
848 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
849 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
850 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
851 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
852 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700853 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100854 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400855 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200856 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500857 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000859 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Che-liang Chiouca366d02011-10-06 23:40:48 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500861 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000863 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000864
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000865
866 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
867 support you can write:
868
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500869 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
870 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000871
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400872 Other Commands:
873 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000874
875 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500876 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000877 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
878 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
879 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
880 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
881 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
882 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000883
884
885 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
886
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000887- Device tree:
888 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
889 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
890 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
891 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
892 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
893 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
894
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000895 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
896 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000897
898 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
899 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
900 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
901 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
902 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
903 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000904
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000905 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
906 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
907 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
908 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
909
910 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
911
912 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
913 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
914 still use the individual files if you need something more
915 exotic.
916
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000917- Watchdog:
918 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
919 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000920 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
921 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
922 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
923 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
924 available, then no further board specific code should
925 be needed to use it.
926
927 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
928 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
929 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
930 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000932- U-Boot Version:
933 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
934 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
935 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
936 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200937 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
938 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000939
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000940- Real-Time Clock:
941
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500942 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
944 following options:
945
946 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
947 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000948 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000949 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000950 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000951 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000952 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000953 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100954 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000955 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200956 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200957 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
958 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000959
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000960 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
961 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
962
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600963- GPIO Support:
964 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
965 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
966
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000967 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
968 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
969 pins supported by a particular chip.
970
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600971 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
972 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
973
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000974- Timestamp Support:
975
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000976 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
977 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
978 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500979 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000980
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000981- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
982 Zero or more of the following:
983 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
984 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
985 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
986 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
987 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
988 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
989 disk/part_efi.c
990 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000991
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100992 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
993 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000994 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000995
996- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000997 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
998 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000999
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001000 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1001 be performed by calling the function
1002 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1003 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001004
1005- ATAPI Support:
1006 CONFIG_ATAPI
1007
1008 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1009
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001010- LBA48 Support
1011 CONFIG_LBA48
1012
1013 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001014 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001015 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1016 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1017
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001018 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001019 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1020 Default is 32bit.
1021
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001022- SCSI Support:
1023 At the moment only there is only support for the
1024 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1025 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001027 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1028 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1029 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001030 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1031 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001032 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001033
1034- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001035 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001036 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1037
1038 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1039 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1040 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1041 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1042
1043 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1044 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1045 example with the "sspi" command.
1046
1047 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1048 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1049 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001050
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001051 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001052 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001053
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001054 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1055 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001056 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001057 write routine for first time initialisation.
1058
1059 CONFIG_TULIP
1060 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1061 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1062 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1063
1064 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1065 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1066
1067 CONFIG_NS8382X
1068 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1069
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001070- NETWORK Support (other):
1071
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001072 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1073 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1074
1075 CONFIG_RMII
1076 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1077
1078 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1079 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1080 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1081
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001082 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1083 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1084
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001085 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
1086 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1087
1088 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1089 Define this to hold the physical address
1090 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1091
1092 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1093 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1094
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001095 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1096 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1097
1098 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1099 Define this to hold the physical address
1100 of the device (I/O space)
1101
1102 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1103 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1104
1105 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1106 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1107 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1108
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001109 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1110 Support for davinci emac
1111
1112 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1113 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1114
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001115 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1116 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1117
1118 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1119 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1120 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1121 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1122 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1123 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1124 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1125 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1126
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001127 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001128 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1129
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001130 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001131 Define this to hold the physical address
1132 of the device (I/O space)
1133
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001134 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001135 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1136
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001137 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001138 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1139 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001140 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001141
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001142 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1143 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1144
1145 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1146 Define the number of ports to be used
1147
1148 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1149 Define the ETH PHY's address
1150
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001151 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1152 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1153
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001154- TPM Support:
1155 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1156 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1157 per system is supported at this time.
1158
1159 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1160 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1161 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1162 0xfed40000.
1163
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001164- USB Support:
1165 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001166 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001167 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1168 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001169 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001170 storage devices.
1171 Note:
1172 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1173 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001174 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1175 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1176 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001177 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1178 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001179 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1180 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1181 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001182 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1183 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001184 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001185 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1186 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001187
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001188 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1189 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1190
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001191- USB Device:
1192 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1193 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1194 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001195 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001196 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1197 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001198 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001199 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1200 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1201 a Linux host by
1202 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1203 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1204 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1205 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001206
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001207 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1208 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001209
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001210 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1211 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1212 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001213
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301214 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1215 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1216 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1217 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1218 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1219 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1220 speed.
1221
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001222 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001223 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1224 be set to usbtty.
1225
1226 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001227 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001228 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001229 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001230
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001231 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001232 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001233 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001234
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001235 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001236 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001237 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001238 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1239 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1240 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1241
1242 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1243 Define this string as the name of your company for
1244 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001245
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001246 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1247 Define this string as the name of your product
1248 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1249
1250 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1251 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1252 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1253 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1254 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001255
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001256 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1257 Define this as the unique Product ID
1258 for your device
1259 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001260
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001261- ULPI Layer Support:
1262 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1263 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1264 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1265 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1266 viewport is supported.
1267 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1268 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001269
1270- MMC Support:
1271 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1272 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1273 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1274 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001275 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1276 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001277
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001278 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1279 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1280
1281 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1282 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1283
1284 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1285 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1286
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001287- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1288 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1289 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1290 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1291
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001292 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1293 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001294 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1295
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001296 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001297 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1298 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1299
1300 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001301 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001302 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1303 have not defined a custom partition
1304
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001305- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1306 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001307
1308 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1309 file in FAT formatted partition.
1310
1311 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1312 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001313
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001314- Keyboard Support:
1315 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1316
1317 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1318 support
1319
1320 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1321 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1322 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1323 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1324 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1325
1326- Video support:
1327 CONFIG_VIDEO
1328
1329 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1330 video).
1331
1332 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1333
1334 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1335
1336 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001337 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001338 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1339 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1340 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001341
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001342 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001343 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001344 are possible:
1345 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001346 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001347
1348 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1349 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1350 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1351 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1352 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1353 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1354 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001355 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1356
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001357 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001358 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001359
1360
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001361 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001362 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001363 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1364 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1365
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001366 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001367 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001368 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1369 support, and should also define these other macros:
1370
1371 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1372 CONFIG_VIDEO
1373 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1374 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1375 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1376 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1377 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1378 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1379
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001380 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1381 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1382 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1383 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001384
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001385- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001386 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001387
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001388 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1389 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1390 defined in your board-specific files.
1391 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001392
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001393- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1394
1395 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1396 display); also select one of the supported displays
1397 by defining one of these:
1398
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001399 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1400
1401 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1402
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001403 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001404
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001405 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001406
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001407 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001408
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001409 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1410 Active, color, single scan.
1411
1412 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1413
1414 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001415 Active, color, single scan.
1416
1417 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1418
1419 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1420 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1421
1422 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1423
1424 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1425 Active, color, single scan.
1426
1427 CONFIG_HLD1045
1428
1429 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1430 Active, color, single scan.
1431
1432 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1433
1434 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1435 or
1436 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1437 or
1438 Hitachi SP14Q002
1439
1440 320x240. Black & white.
1441
1442 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001443 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001444
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001445- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001446
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001447 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1448 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1449 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001450 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001451 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1452 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1453 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1454 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001455
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001456 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1457
1458 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1459 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1460 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1461 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1462 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1463 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1464
1465 Example:
1466 setenv splashpos m,m
1467 => image at center of screen
1468
1469 setenv splashpos 30,20
1470 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1471
1472 setenv splashpos -10,m
1473 => vertically centered image
1474 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1475
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001476- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1477
1478 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1479 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1480 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1481
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001482- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1483
1484 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1485 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1486 bmp command.
1487
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001488- Do compresssing for memory range:
1489 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1490
1491 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1492 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1493
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001494- Compression support:
1495 CONFIG_BZIP2
1496
1497 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1498 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1499 compressed images are supported.
1500
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001501 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001502 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001503 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001504
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001505 CONFIG_LZMA
1506
1507 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1508 images is included.
1509
1510 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1511 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1512 formula:
1513
1514 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1515
1516 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1517 and Literal pos bits.
1518
1519 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1520 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1521 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1522 a very small buffer.
1523
1524 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1525 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001526 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001527
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001528- MII/PHY support:
1529 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1530
1531 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1532
1533 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1534
1535 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1536
1537 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1538
1539 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001540 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001541
1542 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1543
1544 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1545 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1546 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1547 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1548
1549 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1550
1551 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1552 command issued before MII status register can be read
1553
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001554- Ethernet address:
1555 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001556 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001557 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1558 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001559 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1560 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001561
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001562 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1563 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001564 is not determined automatically.
1565
1566- IP address:
1567 CONFIG_IPADDR
1568
1569 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001570 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001571 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001572 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001573
1574- Server IP address:
1575 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1576
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001577 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001578 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001579 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001580
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001581 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1582
1583 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1584 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1585
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001586- Gateway IP address:
1587 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1588
1589 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1590 default router where packets to other networks are
1591 sent to.
1592 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1593
1594- Subnet mask:
1595 CONFIG_NETMASK
1596
1597 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1598 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1599 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1600 forwarded through a router.
1601 (Environment variable "netmask")
1602
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001603- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1604 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1605
1606 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1607 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001608 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001609 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1610 multicast group.
1611
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001612- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1613 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1614
1615 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1616 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1617 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1618 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1619 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1620 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1621 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1622 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001623 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001624
1625 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1626 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1627 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1628 4th and following
1629 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1630
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001631- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001632 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1633 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001634
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001635 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1636 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1637 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1638 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1639 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1640 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1641 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1642 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1643 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1644 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1645 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1646 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001647 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001648
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001649 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1650 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001651
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001652 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1653 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1654 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1655 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1656 is not available.
1657
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001658 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1659 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1660 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1661 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1662 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1663 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1664 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001665 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001666
1667 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1668 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1669 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001670 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001671 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1672 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001673
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001674 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1675
1676 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1677 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1678 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1679 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1680 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1681 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1682 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1683 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1684 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1685 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1686 this delay.
1687
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001688 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1689 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1690 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1691 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1692 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1693
1694 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1695
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001696 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001697 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001698
1699 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1700
1701 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1702
1703 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1704 of the device.
1705
1706 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1707
1708 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1709 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001710 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001711
1712 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1713
1714 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1715 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1716
1717 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1718
1719 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1720
1721 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1722
1723 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1724
1725 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1726
1727 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1728
1729 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1730
1731 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1732 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1733
1734 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1735
1736 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1737
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001738- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1739
1740 Several configurations allow to display the current
1741 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1742 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1743 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1744 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1745 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1746 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1747 feature in U-Boot.
1748
1749- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1750
1751 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1752 on those systems that support this (optional)
1753 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1754
1755- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1756
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001757 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001758 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001759 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001760
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001761 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001762 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001763 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1764 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001765 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001766
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001767 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001768
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001769 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001770 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1771 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001772
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001773 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001774 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001775
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001776 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001777 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001778 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001779 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001780
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001781 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001782 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001783 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1784 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1785 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001786
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001787 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1788
1789 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1790 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1791 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1792 commands until the slave device responds.
1793
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001794 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001795
1796 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1797 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1798 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001799
1800 I2C_INIT
1801
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001802 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001803 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001804
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001805 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001806
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001807 I2C_PORT
1808
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001809 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1810 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1811 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001812
1813 I2C_ACTIVE
1814
1815 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1816 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1817 define can be null.
1818
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001819 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1820
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001821 I2C_TRISTATE
1822
1823 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1824 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1825 define can be null.
1826
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001827 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1828
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001829 I2C_READ
1830
1831 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1832 FALSE if it is low.
1833
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001834 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1835
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001836 I2C_SDA(bit)
1837
1838 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1839 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1840
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001841 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001842 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001843 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001844
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001845 I2C_SCL(bit)
1846
1847 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1848 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1849
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001850 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001851 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001852 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001853
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001854 I2C_DELAY
1855
1856 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1857 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001858 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001859 like:
1860
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001861 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001862
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001863 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1864
1865 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1866 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1867 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1868 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1869
1870 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1871 the generic GPIO functions.
1872
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001873 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001874
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001875 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1876 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1877 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1878 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1879 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1880 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1881 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1882 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001883
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001884 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1885
1886 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1887 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1888 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1889 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1890 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1891 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1892 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1893 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1894
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001895 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1896
1897 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1898 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1899 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1900
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001901 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1902
1903 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001904 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1905 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001906 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1907
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001908 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001909
1910 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001911 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001912 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1913 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001914
1915 e.g.
1916 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001917 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001918
1919 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1920
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001921 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001922 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001923
1924 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1925
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001926 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001927
1928 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1929 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001931 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001932
1933 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1934 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1935
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001936 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001937
1938 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1939 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1940
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001941 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001942
1943 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1944 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1945 specified DTT device.
1946
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001947 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1948
1949 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001950 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001951
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001952 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1953
1954 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1955 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1956 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1957 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1958 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1959 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1960
1961 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1962 feature!
1963
1964 Example:
1965 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1966 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1967 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1968
1969 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1970
1971 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1972 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1973
1974 => i2c bus
1975 Busses reached over muxes:
1976 Bus ID: 2
1977 reached over Mux(es):
1978 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1979 Bus ID: 3
1980 reached over Mux(es):
1981 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1982 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1983 =>
1984
1985 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001986 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1987 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001988 the channel 4.
1989
1990 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001991 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001992 the 2 muxes.
1993
1994 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1995 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1996 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1997 to add this option to other architectures.
1998
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001999 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2000
2001 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2002 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2003 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2004 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2005 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2006 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2007 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002008
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002009- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2010
2011 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2012 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2013 D/As on the SACSng board)
2014
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002015 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2016
2017 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2018 only SH7757 is supported.
2019
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002020 CONFIG_SPI_X
2021
2022 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2023 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2024
2025 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2026
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002027 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2028 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2029 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2030 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2031 defined, the board configuration must define several
2032 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2033 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002034
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002035 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2036
2037 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2038 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2039 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002040 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002041 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2042
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002043 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2044
2045 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002046 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002047
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002048- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2049
2050 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2051
2052 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2053
2054 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2055 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2056
2057 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2058
2059 Enables support for FPGA family.
2060 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2061
2062 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002063
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002064 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002065
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002066 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002067
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002068 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002070 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002071
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002072 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2073 status by the configuration function. This option
2074 will require a board or device specific function to
2075 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002076
2077 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2078
2079 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2080 configuration driver.
2081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002082 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002083 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002085 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002086
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002087 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2088 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2089 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2090 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002091
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002092 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002093
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002094 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2095 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2096 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002097 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002098
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002099 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002100
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002101 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002102 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002103
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002104 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002105
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002106 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002107 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002108
2109- Configuration Management:
2110 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2111
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002112 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2113 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002114
2115- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2116
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002117 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2118 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002119 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002120 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2121 protects these variables from casual modification by
2122 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2123 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002124 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002125
2126 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2127 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002128 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002129 these parameters.
2130
2131 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2132 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002133 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002134 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2135 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2136 read-only.]
2137
2138- Protected RAM:
2139 CONFIG_PRAM
2140
2141 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2142 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2143 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2144 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2145 this default value by defining an environment
2146 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2147 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2148 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2149 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2150 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2151 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2152 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2153
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002154 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002155 saveenv
2156
2157 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2158 either, which results in a memory region that will
2159 not be affected by reboots.
2160
2161 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2162 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2163 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2164 following board configurations are known to be
2165 "pRAM-clean":
2166
2167 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2168 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002169 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002170
2171- Error Recovery:
2172 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2173
2174 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2175 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2176 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002177 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002178 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2179 useful during development since you can try to debug
2180 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2181
2182 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2183
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002184 This variable defines the number of retries for
2185 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2186 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2187 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002188
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002189 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2190
2191 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2192
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002193 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2194
2195 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2196 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2197 try longer timeout such as
2198 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2199
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002200- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002201 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002202
2203 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2204
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002205 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2206 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002207
2208
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002209 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002210
2211 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2212 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2213 powerful command line syntax like
2214 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2215 constructs ("shell scripts").
2216
2217 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2218 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2219
2220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002221 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002222
2223 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2224 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2225 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2226
2227 Note:
2228
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002229 In the current implementation, the local variables
2230 space and global environment variables space are
2231 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2232 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2233 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2234 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2235 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002236
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002237 Global environment variables are those you use
2238 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2239 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2240 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002241
2242 To store commands and special characters in a
2243 variable, please use double quotation marks
2244 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2245 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2246 symbols.
2247
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002248- Commandline Editing and History:
2249 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2250
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002251 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002252 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002253
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002254- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002255 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2256
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002257 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2258 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002259 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002260
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002261 For example, place something like this in your
2262 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002263
2264 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2265 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2266 "myvar2=value2\0"
2267
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002268 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2269 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2270 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2271 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002272 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002273 You better know what you are doing here.
2274
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002275 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2276 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002277 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002278 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002279
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002280 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2281
2282 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2283 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2284 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2285
2286 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2287
2288 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2289 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2290 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2291 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2292 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2293
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002294- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002295 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2296
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002297 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2298 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2299 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002300
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002301- Serial Flash support
2302 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2303
2304 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2305 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2306
2307 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2308 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2309 commands.
2310
2311 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2312 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2313 flash is present on the system.
2314
2315 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2316 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2317 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2318 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2319
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002320- SystemACE Support:
2321 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2322
2323 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2324 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002325 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002326 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002327
2328 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002329 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002330
2331 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2332 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2333
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002334- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2335 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2336
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002337 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002338 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002339 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002340 number generator is used.
2341
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002342 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2343 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2344 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2345
2346 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002347 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2348 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2349 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2350 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2351 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2352 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2353
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002354- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002355 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2356
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002357 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2358 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2359 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2360 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2361 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2362 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002363
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002364- Detailed boot stage timing
2365 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2366 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2367 of the boot process.
2368
2369 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2370 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2371 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2372 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2373 the limit, recording will stop.
2374
2375 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2376 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2377
2378 Timer summary in microseconds:
2379 Mark Elapsed Stage
2380 0 0 reset
2381 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2382 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2383 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2384 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2385 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2386 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2387 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2388
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002389Legacy uImage format:
2390
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002391 Arg Where When
2392 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002393 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002394 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002395 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002396 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002397 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002398 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2399 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2400 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002401 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002402 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2403 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2404 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2405 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002406 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002407 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002408
2409 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2410 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2411 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2412 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2413 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2414 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2415 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002416 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002417 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2418 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2419
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002420 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002421
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002422 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002423 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2424 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002425
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002426 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2427 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2428 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2429 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2430 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2431 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2432 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2433 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2434 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2435 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2436 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2437 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2438 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2439 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2440 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2441 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2442 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2443 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2444 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2445 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2446 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2447 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2448 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2449 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2450 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2451 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2452 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2453 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2454 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2455 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2456 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2457 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2458 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2459 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2460 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2461 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2462 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2463 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2464 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2465 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2466 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2467 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2468 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2469 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2470 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2471 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2472 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002473
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002474 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002475
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002476 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002477 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2478 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002479
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002480 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2481 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002482 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002483 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2484 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2485 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002486 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2487 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002488 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002489
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002490FIT uImage format:
2491
2492 Arg Where When
2493 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2494 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2495 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2496 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2497 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2498 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002499 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002500 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2501 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2502 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2503 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2504 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002505 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2506 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002507 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2508 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2509 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2510 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2511 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2512 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2513 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2514 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2515
2516 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2517 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2518 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002519 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002520 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2521 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2522 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2523 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2524 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2525 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2526 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2527 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2528 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2529 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2530 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2531 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2532
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002533 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002534 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2535
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002536 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002537 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2538
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002539 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002540 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2541
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002542- Standalone program support:
2543 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2544
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002545 This option defines a board specific value for the
2546 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2547 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002548 settings.
2549
2550- Frame Buffer Address:
2551 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2552
2553 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2554 address for frame buffer.
2555 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2556 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002557 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002558
2559 Please see board_init_f function.
2560
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002561- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2562 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2563 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2564 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2565
2566 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2567 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2568
2569- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2570 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2571
2572 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2573 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2574
2575 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2576
2577 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2578 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2579
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002580- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002581 CONFIG_SPL
2582 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002583
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002584 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2585 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2586
2587 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2588 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2589
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002590 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2591 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002592
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002593 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2594 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2595
2596 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2597 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2598
2599 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2600 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2601
2602 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2603 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2604
2605 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2606 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002607
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002608 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2609 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2610 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2611 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2612
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002613 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2614 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2615 about the running system.
2616
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002617 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2618 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002619
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002620 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2621 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002622
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002623 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2624 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002625
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002626 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2627 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002628
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002629 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2630 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002631
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002632 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2633 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2634 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2635 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2636 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2637
2638 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2639 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2640
2641 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2642 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2643
2644 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2645 Support for drivers/mtd/nand/libnand.o in SPL binary
2646
2647 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2648 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2649 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2650 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2651 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2652 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
2653 to read U-Boot with CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2654
2655 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
2656 Location in NAND for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to read U-Boot
2657 from.
2658
2659 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
2660 Location in memory for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to load U-Boot
2661 to.
2662
2663 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2664 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2665 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2666
2667 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2668 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2669 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2670
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002671 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2672 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002673
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002674 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2675 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002676
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002677 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2678 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002679
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002680 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2681 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2682
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002683 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2684 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002685
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002686Modem Support:
2687--------------
2688
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002689[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002690
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002691- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2693
2694- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2695 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2696
2697- Modem debug support:
2698 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2699
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002700 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2701 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002702
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002703- Interrupt support (PPC):
2704
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002705 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2706 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002707 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002708 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002709 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002710 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002711 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002712 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2713 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2714 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002715
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002716- General:
2717
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002718 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2719 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2720 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002721 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002722 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2723 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2724 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002725
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002726 If there are no modem init strings in the
2727 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2728 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002729 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002730
2731 See also: doc/README.Modem
2732
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002733Board initialization settings:
2734------------------------------
2735
2736During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2737to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2738before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2739following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2740architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2741typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2742
2743- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2744- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2745- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2746- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002747
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002748Configuration Settings:
2749-----------------------
2750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002751- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002752 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2753
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002754- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2755 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2756
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002757- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002758 prompt for user input.
2759
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002760- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002762- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002763
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002764- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002765
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002766- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002767 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2768 booted
2769
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002770- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002771 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2772
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002773- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002774 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002775
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002776- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002777 If the board specific function
2778 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2779 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002780 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002782- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002783 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002785- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002786 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002788- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002789 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2790 simple memory test.
2791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002792- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002793 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002794
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002795- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002796 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2797 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002799- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2800 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002801 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002802 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002803 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2804 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2805 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002806 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002807 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002808 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002809
2810 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2811 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2812 be touched.
2813
2814 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2815 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2816 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2817 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2818 problems.
2819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002820- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002821 Default load address for network file downloads
2822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002823- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002824 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002826- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002827 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2828
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002829- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002830 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2831 Cogent motherboard)
2832
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002833- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002834 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002836- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002837 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2838 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002839 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002840 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002842- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002843 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2844 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2845 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2846 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002848- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002849 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002851- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002852 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2853 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002854 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002855 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002857- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002858 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2859 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002860 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2861 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2862 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2863 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002864 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002865 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2866 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2867 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002868
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002869- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2870 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2871 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2872 is enabled.
2873
2874- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2875 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2876 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2877
2878- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2879 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2880 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002882- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002883 Max number of Flash memory banks
2884
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002885- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002886 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002888- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002889 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002891- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002892 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2893
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002894- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002895 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2896
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002897- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002898 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2899
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002900- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002901 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2902 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002904- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002905
2906 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2907 without this option such a download has to be
2908 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2909 copy from RAM to flash.
2910
2911 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2912 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002913 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2914 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002915 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2916
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002917- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002918 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002919 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2920
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002921- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002922 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2923 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002924
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002925- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2926 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2927 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2928 to the MTD layer.
2929
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002930- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002931 Use buffered writes to flash.
2932
2933- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2934 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2935 write commands.
2936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002937- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002938 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2939 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2940 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2941 optionally available.
2942
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002943- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2944 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2945 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2946 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2947
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002948- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002949 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2950 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002951 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2952 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002953 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002954 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2955
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002956- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2957
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002958 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2959 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2960 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2961 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2962 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002963
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002964The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2965of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2966following configurations:
2967
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002968- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2969
2970 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2971 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002973- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002974
2975 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2976
2977 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2978 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2979 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2980 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2981 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2982 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2983 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2984 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2985 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2986 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2987 between U-Boot and the environment.
2988
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002989 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002990
2991 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2992 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2993 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2994 for this sector is given here.
2995
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002996 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002997
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002998 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002999
3000 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3001 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003002 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003003
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003004 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003005
3006 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3007
3008
3009 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3010 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3011 the environment.
3012
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003013 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003014
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003015 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003016 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003017 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3018 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3019
3020 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3021 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3022 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3023 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3024 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3025 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3026 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3027 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3028 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3029
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003030 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3031 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003032
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003033 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003034 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003035 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003036 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003037
3038BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3039source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3040accordingly!
3041
3042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003043- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003044
3045 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3046 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3047 environment.
3048
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003049 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3050 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003051
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003052 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003053 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3054 can just be read and written to, without any special
3055 provision.
3056
3057BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3058in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003059console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003060U-Boot will hang.
3061
3062Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3063environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3064keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3065to save the current settings.
3066
3067
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003068- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003069
3070 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3071 device and a driver for it.
3072
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003073 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3074 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003075
3076 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3077 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003079 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003080 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3081 The default address is zero.
3082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003083 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003084 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3085 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3086 would require six bits.
3087
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003088 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003089 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003090 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003091
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003092 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003093 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3094 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003096 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003097 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3098 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3099 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3100 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3101 byte chips.
3102
3103 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3104 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3105 in the chip address.
3106
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003107 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003108 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3109
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003110 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3111 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3112 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3113
3114 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3115 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3116 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3117 EEPROM. For example:
3118
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003119 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003120
3121 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3122 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003123
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003124- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003125
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003126 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003127 want to use for the environment.
3128
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003129 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3130 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3131 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003132
3133 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3134 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3135 at the specified address.
3136
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003137- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3138
3139 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3140 want to use for the local device's environment.
3141
3142 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3143 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3144
3145 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3146 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3147 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003148 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003149
3150BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3151"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003152environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3153but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003154
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003155- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003156
3157 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3158 for the environment.
3159
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003160 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3161 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003162
3163 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003164 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3165 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003166
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003167 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003169 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003170 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3171 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003172 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003173 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003174
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003175 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3176
3177 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3178 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3179 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3180 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3181 the range to be avoided.
3182
3183 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3184
3185 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3186 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3187 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3188 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3189 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003190
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003191- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3192
3193 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3194 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3195 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003197- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003198
3199 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3200 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3201 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3202 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3203 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3204 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3205 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3206
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003207Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003208has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003209created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003210until then to read environment variables.
3211
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003212The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3213is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3214with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3215necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3216"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3217have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003218
3219Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3220the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003221use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003222
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003223- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003224 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003226 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003227 also needs to be defined.
3228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003229- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003230 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003231
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003232- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3233 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3234 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3235 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3236 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3237 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003239Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003240---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003242- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003243 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3244
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003245- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003246 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003247
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003248 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3249 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3250 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003251
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003252- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3253 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3254 PowerPC SOCs.
3255
3256- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3257 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3258 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3259
3260 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3261 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3262
3263- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3264 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3265 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003266 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003267 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3268 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3269 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3270
3271 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3272 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3273
3274- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003275 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3276 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003277 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3278 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3279
3280- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3281 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3282 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3283 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3284
3285- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3286 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3287 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003289- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003290 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003291
3292 the default drive number (default value 0)
3293
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003294 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003295
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003296 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003297 (default value 1)
3298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003299 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003300
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003301 defines the offset of register from address. It
3302 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003303 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003304
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003305 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3306 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003307 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003308
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003309 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003310 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3311 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3312 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3313 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003314
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003315- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3316 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3317 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3318 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3319 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3320 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3321 is requierd.
3322
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003323- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003324 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003325 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003327- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003328
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003329 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003330 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3331 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3332 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3333 will become available only after programming the
3334 memory controller and running certain initialization
3335 sequences.
3336
3337 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3338 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3339 - MPC824X: data cache
3340 - PPC4xx: data cache
3341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003342- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003343
3344 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003345 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3346 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003347 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003348 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003349 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3350 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3351 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003352
3353 Note:
3354 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3355 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003356 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003357 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3358 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3359
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003360- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003361
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003362- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003363
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003364- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003365
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003366- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003368- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003369
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003370- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003371
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003372- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003373 SDRAM timing
3374
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003375- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003376 periodic timer for refresh
3377
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003378- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003379
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003380- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3381 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3382 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3383 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003384 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3385
3386- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003387 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3388 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003389 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3390
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003391- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3392 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003393 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3394 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3395
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003396- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003397 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3398 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003400- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003401 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3402 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3403
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003404- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003405 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3406 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3407
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003408- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003409 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3410 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3411 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3412
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003413- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003414 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3415 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3416 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3417 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003418
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003419- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3420 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3421 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3422 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3423 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3424 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3425 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3426 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003427 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003428
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003429- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3430 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3431 required.
3432
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003433- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3434 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3435 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3436 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3437 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3438 by coreboot or similar.
3439
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003440- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3441 Chip has SRIO or not
3442
3443- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3444 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3445
3446- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3447 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3448
3449- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3450 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3451
3452- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3453 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3454
3455- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3456 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3457
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003458- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3459 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3460 16 bit bus.
3461
3462- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3463 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3464 a default value will be used.
3465
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003466- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003467 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3468 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3469
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003470 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3471 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3472
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003473- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003474 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3475 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3476 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003477
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003478- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3479 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3480 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3481 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3482 header files or board specific files.
3483
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003484- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3485 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3486
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003487- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003488 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3489 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003490
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003491- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3492 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3493
3494- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3495 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003496 to the given FEC; i. e.
3497 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003498 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3499
3500 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3501
3502- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3503 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3504 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3505
3506- CONFIG_RMII
3507 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3508 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3509 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3510
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003511- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3512 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3513 The syntax is:
3514
3515 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3516
3517 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3518 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3519 area should have.
3520
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003521- CONFIG_LOOPW
3522 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003523 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003524
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003525- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3526 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3527 "md/mw" commands.
3528 Examples:
3529
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003530 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003531 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3532
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003533 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003534 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3535
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003536 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003537 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003538
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003539- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003540 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003541 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3542 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3543 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003544
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003545 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3546 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3547 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3548 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003549
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003550- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003551 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3552 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3553 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003554
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003555- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3556 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3557 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3558 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3559 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3560
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003561Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3562-----------------------------------
3563
3564The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3565loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3566This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3567are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3568within that device.
3569
3570- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3571 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3572 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3573 is also specified.
3574
3575- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3576 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3577 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3578 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3579 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3580
3581- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3582 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3583 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3584 virtual address in NOR flash.
3585
3586- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3587 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3588 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3589
3590- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3591 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3592 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3593
3594- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3595 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3596 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3597
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003598- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3599 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3600 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003601 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3602 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3603 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003604
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003605Building the Software:
3606======================
3607
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003608Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3609and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3610all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3611(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3612recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3613which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003614
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003615If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3616have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3617you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3618Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3619necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003620
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003621 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3622 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003623
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003624Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3625 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3626 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3627 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3628
3629 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3630
3631 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3632 be executed on computers running Windows.
3633
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003634U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3635sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003636is done by typing:
3637
3638 make NAME_config
3639
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003640where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003641rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003642
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003643Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3644 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3645 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3646 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003647 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003649 make TQM823L_config
3650 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003652 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3653 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003655 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003656
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003658Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3659images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003661- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3662- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3663- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003664
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003665By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3666in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3667this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3668
36691. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3670
3671 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3672 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3673 make O=/tmp/build all
3674
36752. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3676
3677 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3678 make distclean
3679 make NAME_config
3680 make all
3681
3682Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3683variable.
3684
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003686Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3687for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3688native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003689
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003691If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3692to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3693steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000036951. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003696 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
3697 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000036982. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3699 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3700 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
37013. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3702 your board
37033. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3704 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
37054. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
37065. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3707 to be installed on your target system.
37086. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3709 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003710
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003711
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003712Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3713==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003714
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003715If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3716or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003717provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3718the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003719official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003720
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003721But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3722cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003723the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3724just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003725for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3726select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3727environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3728you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003730 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003732or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003734 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003735
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003736When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3737U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3738setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3739built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3740<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3741location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3742variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003743
3744 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3745 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3746 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3747
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003748With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3749log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3750during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003751
3752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003753See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003754
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003756Monitor Commands - Overview:
3757============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003759go - start application at address 'addr'
3760run - run commands in an environment variable
3761bootm - boot application image from memory
3762bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003763bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003764tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3765 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3766 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003767tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003768rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3769diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3770loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3771loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3772md - memory display
3773mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3774nm - memory modify (constant address)
3775mw - memory write (fill)
3776cp - memory copy
3777cmp - memory compare
3778crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003779i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003780sspi - SPI utility commands
3781base - print or set address offset
3782printenv- print environment variables
3783setenv - set environment variables
3784saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3785protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3786erase - erase FLASH memory
3787flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3788bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3789iminfo - print header information for application image
3790coninfo - print console devices and informations
3791ide - IDE sub-system
3792loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003793loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003794mtest - simple RAM test
3795icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3796dcache - enable or disable data cache
3797reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3798echo - echo args to console
3799version - print monitor version
3800help - print online help
3801? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003802
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003803
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003804Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3805========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003807TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003809For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810
3811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003812Environment Variables:
3813======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003815U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3816can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003817
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003818Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3819"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3820without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3821environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3822working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3823environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003824
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003825Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3826
3827List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003829 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003831 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003833 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003834
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003835 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003837 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003838
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003839 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3840 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3841 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3842 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3843 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3844 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003845 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3846 bootm_mapsize.
3847
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003848 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003849 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3850 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3851 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3852 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3853 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3854 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003855
3856 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3857 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3858 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3859 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3860 environment variable.
3861
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003862 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3863 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3864 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003866 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3867 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3868 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3869 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003871 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3872 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3873 be automatically started (by internally calling
3874 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003875
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003876 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3877 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3878 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3879 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3880 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003881
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003882 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3883 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003884 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3885 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3886 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3887 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3888 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3889 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3890 access it during the boot procedure.
3891
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003892 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3893 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3894 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3895 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3896 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3897 must be accessible by the kernel.
3898
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003899 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3900 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3901 defined.
3902
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003903 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3904 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3905 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3906 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3907 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003909 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3910 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3911 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3912 is usually what you want since it allows for
3913 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3914 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003915 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003916 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3917 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3918 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3919 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003921 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3922 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3923 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3924 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3925 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3926 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003927
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003928 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003930 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3931 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3932 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3933 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3934 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3935 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3936 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003937
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003938 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003940 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3941 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003943 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003945 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003947 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003949 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003950
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003951 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003952
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003953 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003955 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3956 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003957
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003958 => setenv ethact FEC
3959 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3960 => setenv ethact SCC
3961 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003962
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003963 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3964 available network interfaces.
3965 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3966
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003967 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003968 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3969 When set to "once" the network operation will
3970 fail when all the available network interfaces
3971 are tried once without success.
3972 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3973 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003974
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003975 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003976
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003977 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003978 UDP source port.
3979
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003980 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3981 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3982
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003983 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3984 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3985
3986 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3987 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3988 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3989 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3990 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3991 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3992 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3993
3994 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003995 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003996 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003997
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003998The following image location variables contain the location of images
3999used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4000not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4001variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4002server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4003loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4004flash or offset in NAND flash.
4005
4006*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4007boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4008boards use these variables for other purposes.
4009
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004010Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4011----- --------- ----------- --------------
4012u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4013Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4014device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4015ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004017The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4018updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4019depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004021 bootfile - see above
4022 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4023 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4024 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4025 hostname - Target hostname
4026 ipaddr - see above
4027 netmask - Subnet Mask
4028 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4029 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004030
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004032There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004034 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4035 as type string and/or serial number
4036 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004038These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4039the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4040once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004041
4042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004043Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004045 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4046 with the "version" command. This variable is
4047 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004048
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004050Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4051only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004052
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004054Command Line Parsing:
4055=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004056
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004057There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4058the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004060Old, simple command line parser:
4061--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004063- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4064- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004065- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004066- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4067 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004068 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004069- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4070 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004072Hush shell:
4073-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004075- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4076 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4077 until...do...done, ...
4078- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4079 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4080 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4081 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004083General rules:
4084--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004086(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4087 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4088 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4089 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004091(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004092 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004093 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4094 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004095
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004096Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4097=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004098
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004099Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004100such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4101"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004102
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004103Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4104MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4105"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004107If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4108in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4109ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4110variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004112o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4113 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004114
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004115o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4116 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4117 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004119o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4120 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004122o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4123 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4124 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004126o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4127 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004128
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004129If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004130will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004131may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4132The naming convention is as follows:
4133"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004135Image Formats:
4136==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004137
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004138U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4139images in two formats:
4140
4141New uImage format (FIT)
4142-----------------------
4143
4144Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4145to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4146components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4147SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4148
4149
4150Old uImage format
4151-----------------
4152
4153Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4154preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4155details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004156
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004157* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4158 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004159 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4160 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4161 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004162* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004163 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4164 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004165* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4166* Load Address
4167* Entry Point
4168* Image Name
4169* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004171The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4172and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4173CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004176Linux Support:
4177==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004178
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004179Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4180easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4181U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004183U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4184special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4185"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4186instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4187serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004189- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4190 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4191 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004193- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4194 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004195
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004196- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4197 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4198 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4199 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4200 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4201 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004202
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004204Linux HOWTO:
4205============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004207Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4208---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004210U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4211configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4212(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4213Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004214
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004215But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004217Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4218include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004219Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4220and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004221as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004224Configuring the Linux kernel:
4225-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004227No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4228device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004229
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004231Building a Linux Image:
4232-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004234With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4235not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4236"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4237U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4238which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4239100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004241Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243 make TQM850L_config
4244 make oldconfig
4245 make dep
4246 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004247
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004248The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4249encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4250CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004252* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004254* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004256 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4257 -R .note -R .comment \
4258 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004260* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004262 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004264* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004266 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4267 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4268 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004269
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004271The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4272with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4273combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4274byte header containing information about target architecture,
4275operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4276stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004278"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4279print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004281In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4282contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4283checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004285 tools/mkimage -l image
4286 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004287
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004288The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4289from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004291 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4292 -n name -d data_file image
4293 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4294 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4295 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4296 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4297 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4298 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4299 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4300 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004301
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004302Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4303address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4304kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004305
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004306- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4307- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004309So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004311 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4312 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004313 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004314 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4315 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4316 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4317 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4318 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4319 Load Address: 0x00000000
4320 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004322To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004324 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4325 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4326 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4327 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4328 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4329 Load Address: 0x00000000
4330 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004332NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4333speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4334needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4335need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004336
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004337 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004338 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4339 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004340 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004341 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4342 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4343 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4344 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4345 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4346 Load Address: 0x00000000
4347 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004348
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004350Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4351when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004353 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4354 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4355 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4356 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4357 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4358 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4359 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4360 Load Address: 0x00000000
4361 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004362
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004364Installing a Linux Image:
4365-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004366
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004367To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4368you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004369
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004370 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004372The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4373image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4374address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4375specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4376command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004378Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4379TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004381 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004383 .......... done
4384 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004386 => loads 40100000
4387 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4388 ~>examples/image.srec
4389 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4390 ...
4391 15989 15990 15991 15992
4392 [file transfer complete]
4393 [connected]
4394 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004395
4396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004397You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004398this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004399corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004401 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004403 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4404 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4405 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4406 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4407 Load Address: 00000000
4408 Entry Point: 0000000c
4409 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004410
4411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004412Boot Linux:
4413-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004415The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4416memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4417of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4418parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4419"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004420
4421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004422 => printenv bootargs
4423 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004425 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004427 => printenv bootargs
4428 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004430 => bootm 40020000
4431 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4432 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4433 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4434 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4435 Load Address: 00000000
4436 Entry Point: 0000000c
4437 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4438 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4439 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4440 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4441 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4442 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4443 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4444 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004445
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004446If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004447the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4448format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004450 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004451
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004452 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4453 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4454 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4455 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4456 Load Address: 00000000
4457 Entry Point: 0000000c
4458 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004459
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004460 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4461 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4462 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4463 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4464 Load Address: 00000000
4465 Entry Point: 00000000
4466 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004468 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4469 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4470 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4471 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4472 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4473 Load Address: 00000000
4474 Entry Point: 0000000c
4475 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4476 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4477 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4478 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4479 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4480 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4481 Load Address: 00000000
4482 Entry Point: 00000000
4483 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4484 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4485 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4486 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4487 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4488 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4489 ...
4490 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4491 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004492
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004493 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004494
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004495Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4496-----------
4497
4498First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4499titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4500following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4501flat device tree:
4502
4503=> print oftaddr
4504oftaddr=0x300000
4505=> print oft
4506oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4507=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4508Speed: 1000, full duplex
4509Using TSEC0 device
4510TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4511Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4512Load address: 0x300000
4513Loading: #
4514done
4515Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4516=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4517Speed: 1000, full duplex
4518Using TSEC0 device
4519TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4520Filename 'uImage'.
4521Load address: 0x200000
4522Loading:############
4523done
4524Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4525=> print loadaddr
4526loadaddr=200000
4527=> print oftaddr
4528oftaddr=0x300000
4529=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4530## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004531 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4532 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4533 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004534 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004535 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004536 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4537 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4538Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4539Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4540Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4541[snip]
4542
4543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544More About U-Boot Image Types:
4545------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004549 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4550 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4551 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4552 the Standalone Program.
4553 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4554 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4555 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4556 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4557 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4558 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4559 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4560 being started.
4561 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4562 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4563 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4564 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4565 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4566 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004568 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4569 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4570 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4571 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4572 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4573 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004575 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4576 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4577 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4580 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4581 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4582 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004583
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004584Booting the Linux zImage:
4585-------------------------
4586
4587On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4588using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4589as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4590
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004591Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4592kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4593address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4594format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4595
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004596
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004597Standalone HOWTO:
4598=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004599
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004600One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4601run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4602U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004606"Hello World" Demo:
4607-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004608
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004609'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4610application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4611It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4612like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004614 => loads
4615 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4616 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4617 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4618 [file transfer complete]
4619 [connected]
4620 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004622 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4623 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4624 Hello World
4625 argc = 7
4626 argv[0] = "40004"
4627 argv[1] = "Hello"
4628 argv[2] = "World!"
4629 argv[3] = "This"
4630 argv[4] = "is"
4631 argv[5] = "a"
4632 argv[6] = "test."
4633 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4634 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004636 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004637
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004638Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4639handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4640Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4641The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4642character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4643controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4646 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4647 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4648 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650 => loads
4651 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4652 ~>examples/timer.srec
4653 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4654 [file transfer complete]
4655 [connected]
4656 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004658 => go 40004
4659 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4660 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4661 Using timer 1
4662 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664Hit 'b':
4665 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4666 Enabling timer
4667Hit '?':
4668 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4669 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4670Hit '?':
4671 [q, b, e, ?] .
4672 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4673Hit '?':
4674 [q, b, e, ?] .
4675 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4676Hit '?':
4677 [q, b, e, ?] .
4678 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4679Hit 'e':
4680 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4681Hit 'q':
4682 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004683
4684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004685Minicom warning:
4686================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4689"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4690consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4691Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4692especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004693use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4694http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4695for help with kermit.
4696
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004697
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004698Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4699configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004701 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4702 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4703 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004704
4705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706NetBSD Notes:
4707=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4710(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004711
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004712Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4713NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4714need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4715Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4716attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4717missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004718
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004719 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4720 # mkdir powerpc
4721 # ln -s powerpc machine
4722 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4723 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4726and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004728Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4729stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4730proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4731tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004732meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004733
4734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735Implementation Internals:
4736=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004738The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4739implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4740inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4741hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004742
4743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004744Initial Stack, Global Data:
4745---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4748starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4749system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4750This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4751is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4752at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4753options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4754models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4755MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4756locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004758 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004759 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4762 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4763 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4764 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4767 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4768 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4769 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4770 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004771 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4773 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004775 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4776 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004777 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004778 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4779 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4780 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4781 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004782
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004783 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004784 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4785 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004786 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004787 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4788 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4789 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4790 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4791 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004793 -Chris Hallinan
4794 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004796It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4797code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004799* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4800 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004802* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004803 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4804 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4807 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4810normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4811turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4812simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4813functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4814functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4815the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4816place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4817reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004819When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4820relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4821GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4824 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004825 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004826 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4827 R5-R10: parameter passing
4828 R13: small data area pointer
4829 R30: GOT pointer
4830 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004831
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004832 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4833 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4834 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004835
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004836 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004837
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004838 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4839 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4840 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4841 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4842 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4843 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004844
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004845On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004846 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4847
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004848 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004850On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004852 R0: function argument word/integer result
4853 R1-R3: function argument word
4854 R9: GOT pointer
4855 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4856 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4857 R12: temporary workspace
4858 R13: stack pointer
4859 R14: link register
4860 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004862 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004864On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4865 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4866
4867 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4868
4869 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4870 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4871
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004872On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4873
4874 R0-R1: argument/return
4875 R2-R5: argument
4876 R15: temporary register for assembler
4877 R16: trampoline register
4878 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4879 R29: global pointer (GP)
4880 R30: link register (LP)
4881 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4882 PC: program counter (PC)
4883
4884 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4885
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004886NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4887or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004888
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004889Memory Management:
4890------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004892U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4893MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004895The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4896controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4897memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4898physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004900U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4901TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4902booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4903to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004904memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004905configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4906Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4909of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004911So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4912this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4915 :
4916 0x0000 1FFF
4917 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4918 :
4919 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004921 :
4922 :
4923 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4924 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4925 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4926 :
4927 0x00FD FFFF
4928 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4929 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4930 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4931 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004932
4933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004934System Initialization:
4935----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004938(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004939configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4940To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4941To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4942initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4943which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4944part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4945the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004947Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4948preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4949(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4950on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4951programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4952simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4953banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4956different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4957bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
49580x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4959contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4962and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4963Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4964pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004965
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004966Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4967until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4968running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4969new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
4971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004972U-Boot Porting Guide:
4973----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004975[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4976list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004977
4978
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004979int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980{
4981 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004982
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004983 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4984 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004987 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004988 return 0;
4989 }
4990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004991 Download latest U-Boot source;
4992
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004993 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004994
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004995 if (clueless)
4996 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004998 while (learning) {
4999 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005000 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5001 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005002 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005003 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005004 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005005
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005006 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5007 Buy a BDI3000;
5008 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005010
5011 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5012 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5013 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5014 } else {
5015 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5016 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005018 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5019 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005020
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005021 while (!accepted) {
5022 while (!running) {
5023 do {
5024 Add / modify source code;
5025 } until (compiles);
5026 Debug;
5027 if (clueless)
5028 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5029 }
5030 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5031 if (reasonable critiques)
5032 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5033 else
5034 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005037 return 0;
5038}
5039
5040void no_more_time (int sig)
5041{
5042 hire_a_guru();
5043}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005044
5045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046Coding Standards:
5047-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005050coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005051"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005052
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005053Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5054MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5055reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5056sources.
5057
5058Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5059Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5060in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061
5062Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5063- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005064- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005066- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005067- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5068
5069Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5070with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
5072
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005073Submitting Patches:
5074-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005076Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5077establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5078may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005079
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005080Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005081
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005082Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5083see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5084
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005085When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5086it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005087
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005088* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5089 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5090 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5093 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005095* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5096
5097* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5098
5099* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005100 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005101
5102* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5103 document these in the README file.
5104
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005105* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5106 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005107 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005108 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5109 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005111 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5112 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5113 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005114
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005115 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5116 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5117 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5118 affected files).
5119
5120 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5121 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122
5123* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5124 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5125
5126* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5127 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5128
5129
5130Notes:
5131
5132* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5133 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5134 for any of the boards.
5135
5136* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5137 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5138 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5139
5140* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5141 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5142 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5143 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5144 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5145 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005146
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005147* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5148 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5149 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5150 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.